1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * 15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 18 * 19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 26 * 27 */ 28 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 42 #include <linux/types.h> 43 44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 45 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 53 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 80 /** 81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 82 * 83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 87 * for various reasons. 88 * 89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 95 * for doing that. 96 * 97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 99 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 100 * 101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 107 * 108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 111 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 112 * 113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 114 * below. 115 */ 116 117 /** 118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 119 * 120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 124 * 125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 127 * types there no concurrency is implied. 128 * 129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 136 * 137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 145 * 146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 147 * interfaces that a given device supports. 148 */ 149 150 /** 151 * DOC: packet coalesce support 152 * 153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 156 * and power consumption. 157 * 158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 161 * following events occur. 162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 166 * 167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 168 * rule. 169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 172 * Multiple such rules can be created. 173 */ 174 175 /** 176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 177 * 178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 185 * 186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 192 * 193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 196 */ 197 198 /** 199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 200 * 201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 215 * 216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 217 * below additional parameters to userspace. 218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 224 * 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 232 */ 233 234 /** 235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 236 * 237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 238 * 239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 240 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 255 * 256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 271 * 272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 281 * 282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 302 * 303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 315 * frame). 316 * 317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 334 * 335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 338 * global regdomain will be returned. 339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 361 * 362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 364 * 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 373 * added to all specified management frames generated by 374 * kernel/firmware/driver. 375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 381 * 382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 387 * be used. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 391 * partial scan results may be available 392 * 393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 420 * results available. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 428 * 429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 430 * or noise level 431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 433 * 434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 441 * ESS. 442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 445 * authentication. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 447 * 448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 473 * the beacon hint was processed. 474 * 475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 478 * authentication process. 479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 487 * to be added to the frame. 488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 498 * pending authentication timed out). 499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 506 * included). 507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 510 * primitives). 511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 522 * 523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 532 * determined by the network interface. 533 * 534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 536 * to the driver. 537 * 538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 547 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 548 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 549 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 550 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 551 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 552 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 553 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 554 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 557 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 558 * a different BSS is desired. 559 * Background scan period can optionally be 560 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 561 * if not specified default background scan configuration 562 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 563 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 564 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 565 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 566 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 567 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 568 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 569 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 570 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 571 * well to remain backwards compatible. 572 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: notifcation indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 573 * When the driver roamed in a network that requires 802.1X authentication, 574 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set if the 802.1X authentication 575 * was done by the driver or if roaming was done using Fast Transition 576 * protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication is not needed). If 577 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space is responsible for 578 * the 802.1X authentication. 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 580 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 581 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 582 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 583 * 584 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 585 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 586 * 587 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 588 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 589 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 590 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 591 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 592 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 593 * frequency for the operation. 594 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 595 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 596 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 597 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 598 * radio). 599 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 600 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 601 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 602 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 603 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 604 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 605 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 606 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 607 * uniquely identify the request. 608 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 609 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 610 * 611 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 612 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 613 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 614 * 615 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 616 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 617 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 618 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 619 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 620 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 621 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 622 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 623 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 624 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 625 * backward compatibility 626 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 627 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 628 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 629 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 630 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 631 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 632 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 633 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 634 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 635 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 636 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 637 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 638 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 639 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 640 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 641 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 642 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 643 * is used during CSA period. 644 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 645 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 646 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 647 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 648 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 649 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 650 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 651 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 652 * the frame. 653 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 654 * backward compatibility. 655 * 656 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 657 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 658 * 659 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 660 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 661 * levels. 662 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 663 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 664 * reached. 665 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 666 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 667 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 668 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 669 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 670 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 671 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 672 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 673 * precedence when they are used. 674 * 675 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 676 * 677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 678 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 679 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 680 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 681 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 682 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 683 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 684 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 685 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 686 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 687 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 688 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 689 * command, the feature is disabled. 690 * 691 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 692 * mesh config parameters may be given. 693 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 694 * network is determined by the network interface. 695 * 696 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 697 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 698 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 699 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 700 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 701 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 702 * 703 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 704 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 705 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 706 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 707 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 709 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 710 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 711 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 712 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 713 * depending on the authentication result. 714 * 715 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 716 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 717 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 718 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 719 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 720 * more background information, see 721 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 722 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 723 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 724 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 725 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 726 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 727 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 728 * 729 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 730 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 731 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 732 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 733 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 734 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 735 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 736 * 737 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 738 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 739 * 740 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 741 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 742 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 743 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 744 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 745 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 746 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 747 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 748 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 749 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 750 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 751 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 752 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 753 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 754 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 755 * 756 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 757 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 758 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 759 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 760 * is received. 761 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 762 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 763 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 764 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 765 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 766 * 767 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 768 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 769 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 770 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 771 * 772 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 773 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 774 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 775 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 776 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 777 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 778 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 779 * 780 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 781 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 782 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 783 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 784 * 785 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 786 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 789 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 790 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 791 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 792 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 793 * from the remote AP) is completed; 794 * 795 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 796 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 797 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 798 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 799 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 800 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 801 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 802 * interfaces to change channel as well. 803 * 804 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 805 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 806 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 807 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 808 * public action frame TX. 809 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 811 * 812 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 813 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 814 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 815 * is used for this. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 818 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 819 * 820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 821 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 822 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 823 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 824 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 825 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 826 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 827 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 828 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 829 * 830 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 831 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 832 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 833 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 834 * while operating on this channel. 835 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 836 * event. 837 * 838 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 839 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 840 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 841 * 842 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 843 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 844 * 845 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 846 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 847 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 848 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 849 * 850 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 851 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 852 * complete. 853 * 854 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 855 * return back to normal. 856 * 857 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 858 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 859 * 860 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 861 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 862 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 863 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 864 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 865 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 866 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 867 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 868 * switch is complete. 869 * 870 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 871 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 872 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 874 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 875 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 876 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 877 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 880 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 881 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 882 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 883 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 884 * 885 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 886 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 887 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 888 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 889 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 890 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 891 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 892 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 893 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 894 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 895 * fail even if the check was successful. 896 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 897 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 898 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 899 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 900 * 901 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 902 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 903 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 904 * 905 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 906 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 907 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 908 * network is determined by the network interface. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 911 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 912 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 913 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 914 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 915 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 916 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 917 * AP. 918 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 919 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 920 * when this command completes. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 923 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 924 * management. 925 * 926 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 927 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 928 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 931 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 932 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 933 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 934 * cluster. This command must have a valid 935 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 937 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 938 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 939 * added. 940 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 941 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 942 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 943 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 944 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 945 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 946 * of the function upon success. 947 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 948 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 949 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 950 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 951 * which just terminated. 952 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 953 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 954 * the response to this command. 955 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 956 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 957 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 958 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 959 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 960 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 961 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 962 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 963 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 964 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 965 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 966 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 967 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 968 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 969 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 970 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 973 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 974 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 975 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 976 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 977 * 978 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 979 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 980 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 981 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 982 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 983 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 984 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 987 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 988 */ 989 enum nl80211_commands { 990 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 991 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 992 993 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 994 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 995 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 996 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 997 998 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 999 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1000 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1001 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1002 1003 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1004 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1005 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1006 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1007 1008 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1009 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1010 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1011 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1012 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1013 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1014 1015 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1016 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1017 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1018 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1019 1020 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1021 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1022 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1023 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1024 1025 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1026 1027 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1028 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1029 1030 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1031 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1032 1033 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1034 1035 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1036 1037 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1038 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1039 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1040 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1041 1042 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1043 1044 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1045 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1046 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1047 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1048 1049 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1050 1051 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1052 1053 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1054 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1055 1056 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1057 1058 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1059 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1060 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1061 1062 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1063 1064 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1065 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1066 1067 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1068 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1069 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1070 1071 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1072 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1073 1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1075 1076 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1077 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1078 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1079 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1080 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1081 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1082 1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1084 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1085 1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1087 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1088 1089 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1090 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1091 1092 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1093 1094 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1095 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1096 1097 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1098 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1099 1100 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1101 1102 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1103 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1104 1105 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1106 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1107 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1108 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1109 1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1111 1112 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1113 1114 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1115 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1116 1117 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1118 1119 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1122 1123 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1124 1125 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1126 1127 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1128 1129 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1130 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1131 1132 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1133 1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1135 1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1139 1140 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1141 1142 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1143 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1144 1145 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1146 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1147 1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1150 1151 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1154 1155 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1156 1157 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1158 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1159 1160 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1163 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1164 1165 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1166 1167 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1168 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1169 1170 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1171 1172 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1175 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1176 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1177 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1178 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1179 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1180 1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1182 1183 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1187 1188 /* add new commands above here */ 1189 1190 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1191 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1192 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1193 }; 1194 1195 /* 1196 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1197 * here 1198 */ 1199 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1200 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1201 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1202 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1203 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1204 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1205 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1206 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1207 1208 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1209 1210 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1211 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1212 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1213 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1214 1215 /** 1216 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1217 * 1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1219 * 1220 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1221 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1223 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1225 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1226 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1227 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1228 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1230 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1231 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1233 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1235 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1236 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1237 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1238 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1239 * this attribute) 1240 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1241 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1242 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1243 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1244 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1245 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1246 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1248 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1249 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1251 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1252 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1254 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1255 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1256 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1257 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1258 * 1259 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1262 * 1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1264 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1265 * 1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1267 * 1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1269 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1270 * keys 1271 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1273 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1274 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1275 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1278 * default management key 1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1280 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1282 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1288 * 1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1291 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1293 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1295 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1296 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1298 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1300 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1301 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1302 * 1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1304 * consisting of a nested array. 1305 * 1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1308 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1311 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1312 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1313 * 1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1315 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1316 * 1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1318 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1319 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1320 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1321 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1322 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1323 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1324 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1325 * to a specific alpha2. 1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1327 * rules. 1328 * 1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1331 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1333 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1335 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1336 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1337 * 1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1339 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1340 * 1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1342 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1343 * of the interface mode. 1344 * 1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1346 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1347 * 1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1349 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1350 * 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1352 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1354 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1356 * that can be added to a scan request 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1358 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1360 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1361 * 1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1364 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1366 * 1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1368 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1370 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1371 * 1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1373 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1374 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1375 * 1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1377 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1378 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1381 * represented as a u32 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1383 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1384 * 1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1386 * a u32 1387 * 1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1389 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1390 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1391 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1392 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1394 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1395 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1396 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1397 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1398 * 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1400 * cipher suites 1401 * 1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1403 * for other networks on different channels 1404 * 1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1406 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1407 * 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1409 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1410 * this attribute can be used 1411 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests 1412 * 1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1414 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1415 * 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1417 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1418 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1419 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1420 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1421 * default in station mode. 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1423 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1424 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1425 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1426 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1427 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1429 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1430 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1431 * 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1433 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1434 * 1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1436 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1437 * a local disconnect request. 1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1439 * event (u16) 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1441 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1442 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1443 * 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1445 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1446 * (an array of u32). 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1448 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1449 * u32). 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1451 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1452 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1454 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1455 * 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1457 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1459 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1460 * 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1462 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1463 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1464 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1465 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1466 * 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1468 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1470 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1471 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1472 * 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1474 * 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1476 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1477 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1478 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1479 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1480 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1481 * completely from scratch. 1482 * 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1484 * 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1486 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1487 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1488 * 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1491 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1492 * 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1495 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1496 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1497 * 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1499 * 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1501 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1502 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1503 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1504 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1505 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1506 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1507 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1508 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1509 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1510 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1511 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1512 * 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1514 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1516 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1518 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1519 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1520 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1522 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1523 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1524 * 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1526 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1527 * 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1529 * 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1531 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1532 * 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1534 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1535 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1536 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1537 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1538 * 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1540 * connected to this BSS. 1541 * 1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1543 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1545 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1546 * for non-automatic settings. 1547 * 1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1549 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1550 * 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1552 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1553 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1554 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1555 * 1556 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1557 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1558 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1559 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1560 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1561 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1562 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1563 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1564 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1565 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1566 * 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1568 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1569 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1570 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1571 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1572 * 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1574 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1575 * 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1577 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1578 * 1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1582 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1583 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1584 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1585 * nl80211 capability flag. 1586 * 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1588 * 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1590 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1591 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1592 * 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1594 * changed once the mesh is active. 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1596 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1598 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1599 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1601 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1602 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1603 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1604 * 1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1606 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1608 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1609 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1610 * triggers. 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1613 * cycles, in msecs. 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1616 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1617 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1618 * pass-thru filter rules. 1619 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1620 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1621 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1622 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1623 * able to ignore them by itself. 1624 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1625 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1626 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1627 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1628 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1629 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1630 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1631 * If ommited, no filtering is done. 1632 * 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1634 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1635 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1637 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1638 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1639 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1642 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1643 * 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1645 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1646 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1647 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1648 * 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1650 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1651 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1652 * 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1654 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1655 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1656 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1658 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1659 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1660 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1661 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1662 * 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1664 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1666 * as AP. 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1669 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1672 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1673 * 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1675 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1676 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1677 * applications use this attribute. 1678 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1679 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1680 * 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1682 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1683 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1685 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1687 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1689 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1691 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1692 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1693 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1696 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1697 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1698 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1699 * 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1701 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1702 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1703 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1706 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1708 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1709 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1710 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1713 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1714 * to be filled by the FW. 1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1716 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1718 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1719 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1720 * The values that may be configured are: 1721 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1722 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1723 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1724 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1725 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1726 * 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1728 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1729 * to one DFS region. 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1732 * up to 16 TIDs. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1735 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1736 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from 1737 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1738 * capability to timeout the stations. 1739 * 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1741 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1742 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1745 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1746 * 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1748 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1749 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1750 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1751 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1752 * 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1754 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1755 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1758 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1759 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1760 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1761 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1762 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1763 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1764 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1765 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1766 * consistent. 1767 * 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1769 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1770 * 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1774 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1776 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1777 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1778 * no change is made. 1779 * 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1781 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1784 * carried in a u32 attribute 1785 * 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1787 * MAC ACL. 1788 * 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1790 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1791 * ACL. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1794 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1795 * 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1797 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1798 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1800 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1801 * 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1803 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1804 * 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1806 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1807 * and PU-APSD. 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1810 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1813 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1814 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1819 * Element 1820 * 1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1822 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1824 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1827 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1828 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1829 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1830 * 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1834 * until the channel switch event. 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1836 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1837 * operation). 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1839 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1841 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1843 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1844 * 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1846 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1851 * supported operating classes. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1854 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1855 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1856 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1857 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1858 * IBSS network. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1861 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1863 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1864 * 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1866 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1867 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1868 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1869 * u8 attribute. 1870 * 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1872 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1875 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1877 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1878 * 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1880 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1881 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1887 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1888 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1889 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1890 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1891 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1892 * 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1894 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1896 * supported number of csa counters. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1899 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1900 * 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1902 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1903 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1904 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1905 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1906 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1907 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1908 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1909 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1910 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1911 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1912 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 1913 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 1914 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 1915 * multicast group. 1916 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 1917 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 1920 * the TDLS link initiator. 1921 * 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 1923 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 1924 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 1925 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 1926 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 1927 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 1928 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 1929 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 1930 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 1931 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 1932 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 1933 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 1936 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 1937 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 1938 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 1939 * setting valid value for coverage class. 1940 * 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 1944 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 1945 * 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 1947 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 1948 * 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 1954 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 1955 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 1956 * cfg80211 regdomain. 1957 * 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 1959 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 1960 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 1961 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 1962 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 1963 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 1964 * 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 1966 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 1967 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 1968 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 1969 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 1970 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 1971 * over all channels. 1972 * 1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 1974 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 1975 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 1976 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 1977 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 1979 * is operating in an indoor environment. 1980 * 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 1982 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 1984 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 1986 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 1988 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 1989 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 1990 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 1991 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 1992 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 1994 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 1995 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 1996 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 1998 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 1999 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2000 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2001 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2002 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2005 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2010 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2011 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2012 * interface type. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2015 * groupID for monitor mode. 2016 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2017 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2018 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2019 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2020 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2021 * each group. 2022 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2023 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2024 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2025 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2026 * groupID data. 2027 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2029 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2030 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2031 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2034 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2035 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2036 * attribute must not be included). 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2038 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2040 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2041 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2042 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2043 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2045 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2046 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2047 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2050 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2053 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2054 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2055 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2056 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2058 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2059 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2060 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2061 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2062 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2063 * the device will decide what to use. 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2065 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2066 * attribute. 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2068 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2070 * protection. 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2072 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2073 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2076 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2077 * 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2079 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2080 * 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2082 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2083 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2084 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2085 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2086 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2087 * unnecessary wakeups. 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2090 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2091 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out 2092 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2093 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2096 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2097 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2098 * 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2100 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2101 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2104 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2105 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2108 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2109 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2112 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2113 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2114 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2115 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2118 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2119 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2120 * 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2122 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2123 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2124 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2125 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2126 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2129 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2131 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2134 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2135 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED 2138 * notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by 2139 * the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition 2140 * protocol). 2141 * 2142 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2144 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2145 */ 2146 enum nl80211_attrs { 2147 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2148 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2149 2150 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2152 2153 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2154 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2155 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2156 2157 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2158 2159 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2160 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2161 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2162 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2163 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2164 2165 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2166 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2167 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2168 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2169 2170 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2173 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2175 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2176 2177 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2178 2179 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2180 2181 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2182 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2183 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2184 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2185 2186 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2187 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2188 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2189 2190 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2191 2192 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2193 2194 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2195 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2196 2197 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2198 2199 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2200 2201 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2202 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2204 2205 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2206 2207 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2208 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2209 2210 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2211 2212 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2213 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2214 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2215 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2216 2217 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2218 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2219 2220 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2221 2222 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2223 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2224 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2225 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2226 2227 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2228 2229 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2230 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2231 2232 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2234 2235 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2236 2237 2238 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2240 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2242 2243 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2244 2245 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2246 2247 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2248 2249 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2250 2251 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2252 2253 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2254 2255 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2256 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2257 2258 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2259 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2260 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2261 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2262 2263 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2264 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2265 2266 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2267 2268 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2269 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2270 2271 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2272 2273 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2274 2275 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2276 2277 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2278 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2279 2280 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2281 2282 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2283 2284 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2285 2286 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2287 2288 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2289 2290 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2291 2292 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2293 2294 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2295 2296 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2297 2298 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2299 2300 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2302 2303 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2304 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2305 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2306 2307 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2308 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2309 2310 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2311 2312 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2314 2315 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2316 2317 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2318 2319 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2320 2321 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2322 2323 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2324 2325 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2326 2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2328 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2329 2330 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2331 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2332 2333 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2334 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2335 2336 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2337 2338 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2339 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2340 2341 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2342 2343 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2345 2346 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2347 2348 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2349 2350 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2351 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2352 2353 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2354 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2355 2356 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2357 2358 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2359 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2360 2361 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2362 2363 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2364 2365 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2366 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2367 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2368 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2369 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2370 2371 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2372 2373 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2374 2375 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2376 2377 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2378 2379 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2380 2381 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2382 2383 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2384 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2385 2386 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2387 2388 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2389 2390 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2391 2392 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2393 2394 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2395 2396 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2397 2398 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2399 2400 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2401 2402 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2403 2404 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2405 2406 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2407 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2409 2410 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2411 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2412 2413 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2414 2415 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2416 2417 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2418 2419 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2420 2421 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2422 2423 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2424 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2425 2426 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2428 2429 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2430 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2431 2432 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2433 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2434 2435 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2436 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2437 2438 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2439 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2440 2441 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2442 2443 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2444 2445 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2446 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2448 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2449 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2452 2453 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2454 2455 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2456 2457 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2458 2459 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2460 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2461 2462 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2463 2464 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2465 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2466 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2467 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2470 2471 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2472 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2473 2474 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2477 2478 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2479 2480 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2486 2487 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2488 2489 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2490 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2492 2493 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2494 2495 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2510 2511 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2514 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2517 2518 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2519 2520 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2521 2522 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2523 2524 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2525 2526 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2531 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2532 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2537 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2543 2544 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2545 2546 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2550 2551 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2557 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2558 2559 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2560 2561 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2563 2564 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2567 2568 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2569 2570 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2571 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2573 }; 2574 2575 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2576 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2577 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2578 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2579 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2580 2581 /* 2582 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2583 * here 2584 */ 2585 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2586 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2587 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2588 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2589 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2590 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2591 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2592 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2593 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2594 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2595 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2596 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2597 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2598 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2599 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2600 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2601 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2602 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2603 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2604 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2605 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2606 2607 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2608 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2609 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2610 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2611 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2612 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2613 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2614 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2615 2616 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2617 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2618 2619 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2620 2621 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2622 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2623 2624 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2625 2626 /** 2627 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2630 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2631 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2632 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2633 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2634 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2635 * AP type interface. 2636 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2638 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2639 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2640 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2641 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2642 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2643 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2644 * commands to create and destroy one 2645 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2646 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2647 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2648 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2649 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2650 * 2651 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2652 * to set the type of an interface. 2653 * 2654 */ 2655 enum nl80211_iftype { 2656 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2657 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2658 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2659 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2660 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2661 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2662 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2663 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2664 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2665 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2666 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2667 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2668 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2669 2670 /* keep last */ 2671 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2672 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2673 }; 2674 2675 /** 2676 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2677 * 2678 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2679 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2680 * 2681 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2682 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2683 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2684 * with short barker preamble 2685 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2686 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2687 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2688 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2689 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2690 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2691 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2692 * as errors.) 2693 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2694 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2695 * previously added station into associated state 2696 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2697 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2698 */ 2699 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2700 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2701 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2702 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2703 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2704 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2705 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2706 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2707 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2708 2709 /* keep last */ 2710 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2711 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2712 }; 2713 2714 /** 2715 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2716 * 2717 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2718 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2719 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2720 */ 2721 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2722 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2723 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2724 2725 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2726 }; 2727 2728 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2729 2730 /** 2731 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2732 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2733 * @set: which values to set them to 2734 * 2735 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2736 */ 2737 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2738 __u32 mask; 2739 __u32 set; 2740 } __attribute__((packed)); 2741 2742 /** 2743 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2744 * 2745 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2746 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2747 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2748 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2749 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2750 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2751 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2752 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2753 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2754 * 2755 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2756 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2757 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2758 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2759 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2760 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2761 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2766 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2767 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2768 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2769 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2770 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2771 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2772 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2773 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2774 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2775 */ 2776 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2777 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2778 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2779 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2780 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2781 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2782 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2783 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2788 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2789 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2790 2791 /* keep last */ 2792 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2793 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2794 }; 2795 2796 /** 2797 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2798 * 2799 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2800 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2801 * 2802 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2803 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2804 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2805 * (flag) 2806 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2807 * (flag) 2808 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2809 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2810 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2811 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2812 */ 2813 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2814 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2815 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2816 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2817 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2818 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 2819 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2820 2821 /* keep last */ 2822 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 2823 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 2824 }; 2825 2826 /** 2827 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 2828 * 2829 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 2830 * when getting information about a station. 2831 * 2832 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2833 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 2834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2835 * (u32, from this station) 2836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2837 * (u32, to this station) 2838 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2839 * (u64, from this station) 2840 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2841 * (u64, to this station) 2842 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 2843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 2844 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 2845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2846 * (u32, from this station) 2847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2848 * (u32, to this station) 2849 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 2850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 2851 * (u32, to this station) 2852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 2853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 2854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 2855 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 2856 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 2857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 2858 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 2859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 2860 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 2861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 2862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 2863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 2864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 2865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 2867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 2868 * non-peer STA 2869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 2870 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 2871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 2872 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 2873 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 2874 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 2875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 2876 * (u64) 2877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 2878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 2879 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 2880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 2881 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 2882 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 2883 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 2884 * attributes carrying the actual values. 2885 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 2886 * received from the station (u64, usec) 2887 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2888 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 2889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 2890 */ 2891 enum nl80211_sta_info { 2892 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 2893 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 2894 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 2895 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 2896 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 2897 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 2898 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 2899 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 2900 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 2901 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 2902 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 2903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 2904 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 2905 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 2906 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 2907 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 2908 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 2909 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 2910 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 2911 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 2912 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 2913 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 2914 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 2915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 2916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 2917 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 2918 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 2919 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 2920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 2921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 2922 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 2923 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 2924 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 2925 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 2926 2927 /* keep last */ 2928 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2929 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2930 }; 2931 2932 /** 2933 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 2934 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2935 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 2936 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 2937 * attempted to transmit; u64) 2938 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 2939 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 2940 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 2941 * MSDUs (u64) 2942 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2943 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 2944 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 2945 */ 2946 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 2947 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 2948 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 2949 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 2950 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 2951 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 2952 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 2953 2954 /* keep last */ 2955 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 2956 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 2957 }; 2958 2959 /** 2960 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 2961 * 2962 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 2963 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 2964 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 2965 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 2966 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 2967 */ 2968 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 2969 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 2970 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 2971 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 2972 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 2973 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 2974 }; 2975 2976 /** 2977 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 2978 * 2979 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 2980 * information about a mesh path. 2981 * 2982 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2983 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 2984 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 2985 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2986 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 2987 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 2988 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 2989 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 2990 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 2991 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 2992 * currently defind 2993 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2994 */ 2995 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 2996 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 2997 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 2998 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 2999 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3000 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3001 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3002 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3003 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3004 3005 /* keep last */ 3006 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3007 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3008 }; 3009 3010 /** 3011 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3012 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3013 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3014 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3015 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3016 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3017 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3018 * defined in 802.11n 3019 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3020 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3021 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3022 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3023 * defined in 802.11ac 3024 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3025 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3026 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3027 */ 3028 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3029 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3030 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3031 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3032 3033 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3034 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3035 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3036 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3037 3038 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3039 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3040 3041 /* keep last */ 3042 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3043 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3044 }; 3045 3046 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3047 3048 /** 3049 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3050 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3051 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3052 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3053 * regulatory domain. 3054 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3055 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3056 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3057 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3058 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3060 * (100 * dBm). 3061 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3062 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3064 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3066 * channel as the control channel 3067 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3068 * channel as the control channel 3069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3070 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3071 * this includes 80+80 channels 3072 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3073 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3074 * isn't possible 3075 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3076 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3077 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3078 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3079 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3080 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3081 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3082 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3083 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3084 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3085 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3086 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3087 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3088 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3089 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3090 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3091 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3092 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3093 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3094 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3095 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3096 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3097 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3098 * currently defined 3099 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3100 * 3101 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3102 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3103 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3104 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3105 */ 3106 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3107 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3108 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3109 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3110 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3111 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3112 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3113 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3114 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3115 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3116 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3117 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3118 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3119 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3120 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3121 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3125 3126 /* keep last */ 3127 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3128 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3129 }; 3130 3131 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3132 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3133 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3134 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3135 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3137 3138 /** 3139 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3140 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3141 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3142 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3143 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3144 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3145 * currently defined 3146 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3147 */ 3148 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3149 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3150 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3151 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3152 3153 /* keep last */ 3154 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3155 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3156 }; 3157 3158 /** 3159 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3160 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3161 * regulatory domain. 3162 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3163 * regulatory domain. 3164 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3165 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3166 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3167 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3168 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3169 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3170 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3171 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3172 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3173 */ 3174 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3175 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3176 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3177 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3178 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3179 }; 3180 3181 /** 3182 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3183 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3184 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3185 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3186 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3187 * domain. 3188 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3189 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3190 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3191 * them to be applied. 3192 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3193 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3194 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3195 * domain request to be processed. 3196 */ 3197 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3198 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3199 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3200 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3201 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3202 }; 3203 3204 /** 3205 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3206 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3207 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3208 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3209 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3210 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3211 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3212 * band edge. 3213 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3214 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3215 * band edge. 3216 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3217 * frequency range, in KHz. 3218 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3219 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3220 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3221 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3222 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3223 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3224 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3225 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3226 * currently defined 3227 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3228 */ 3229 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3230 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3231 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3235 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3238 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3239 3240 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3241 3242 /* keep last */ 3243 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3244 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3245 }; 3246 3247 /** 3248 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3249 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3250 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3251 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3252 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3253 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3254 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3255 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3256 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3257 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3258 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3259 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3260 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3261 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3262 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3263 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3264 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3265 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3266 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3267 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3268 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3269 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3270 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3271 * attribute number currently defined 3272 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3273 */ 3274 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3275 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3276 3277 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3278 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3279 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3280 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3281 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3282 3283 /* keep last */ 3284 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3285 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3286 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3287 }; 3288 3289 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3290 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3291 3292 /** 3293 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3294 * 3295 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3296 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3297 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3298 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3299 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3300 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3301 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3302 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3303 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3304 * beaconing. 3305 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3306 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3307 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3308 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3309 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3310 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3311 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3312 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3313 */ 3314 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3315 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3316 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3317 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3318 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3319 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3320 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3321 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3322 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3323 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3324 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3325 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3326 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3327 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3328 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3329 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3330 }; 3331 3332 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3333 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3334 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3335 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3336 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3337 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3338 3339 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3340 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3341 3342 /** 3343 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3344 * 3345 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3346 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3347 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3348 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3349 */ 3350 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3351 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3352 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3353 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3354 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3355 }; 3356 3357 /** 3358 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3359 * 3360 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3361 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3362 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3363 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3364 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3365 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3366 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3367 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3368 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3369 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3370 * supported feature. 3371 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3372 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3373 */ 3374 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3375 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3376 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3377 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3378 }; 3379 3380 /** 3381 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3382 * 3383 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3384 * when getting information about a survey. 3385 * 3386 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3387 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3388 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3389 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3390 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3391 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3392 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3393 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3394 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3395 * channel was sensed busy 3396 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3397 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3398 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3399 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3400 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3401 * (on this channel or globally) 3402 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3403 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3404 * currently defined 3405 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3406 */ 3407 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3408 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3409 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3410 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3411 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3412 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3413 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3414 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3415 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3416 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3417 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3418 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3419 3420 /* keep last */ 3421 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3422 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3423 }; 3424 3425 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3426 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3427 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3428 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3429 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3430 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3431 3432 /** 3433 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3434 * 3435 * Monitor configuration flags. 3436 * 3437 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3438 * 3439 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3440 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3441 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3442 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3443 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3444 * overrides all other flags. 3445 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3446 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3447 * 3448 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3449 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3450 */ 3451 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3452 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3453 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3454 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3455 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3456 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3457 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3458 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3459 3460 /* keep last */ 3461 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3462 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3463 }; 3464 3465 /** 3466 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3467 * 3468 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3469 * not known or has not been set yet. 3470 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3471 * in Awake state all the time. 3472 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3473 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3474 * neighbor's beacons. 3475 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3476 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3477 * for neighbor's beacons. 3478 * 3479 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3480 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3481 */ 3482 3483 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3484 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3485 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3486 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3487 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3488 3489 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3490 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3491 }; 3492 3493 /** 3494 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3495 * 3496 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3497 * active. 3498 * 3499 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3500 * 3501 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3502 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3503 * 3504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3505 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3506 * 3507 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3508 * millisecond units 3509 * 3510 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3511 * on this mesh interface 3512 * 3513 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3514 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3515 * mesh 3516 * 3517 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3518 * point. 3519 * 3520 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3521 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3522 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3523 * set. 3524 * 3525 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3526 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3527 * target) 3528 * 3529 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3530 * (in milliseconds) 3531 * 3532 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3533 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3534 * 3535 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3536 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3537 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3538 * 3539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3540 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3541 * reference element 3542 * 3543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3544 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3545 * mesh 3546 * 3547 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3548 * 3549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3550 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3551 * 3552 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3553 * root announcements are transmitted. 3554 * 3555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3556 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3557 * Announcement frames. 3558 * 3559 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3560 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3561 * PERR element. 3562 * 3563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3564 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3565 * 3566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3567 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3568 * a peer link. 3569 * 3570 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3571 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3572 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3573 * 3574 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3575 * 3576 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3577 * 3578 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3579 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3580 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3581 * 3582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3583 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3584 * 3585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3586 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3587 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3588 * 3589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3590 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3591 * 3592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3593 * 3594 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3595 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3596 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3597 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3598 * 3599 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3600 */ 3601 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3602 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3603 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3604 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3605 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3606 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3607 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3608 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3609 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3610 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3611 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3612 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3613 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3614 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3615 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3616 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3617 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3618 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3619 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3620 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3621 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3622 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3623 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3624 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3625 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3626 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3627 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3628 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3629 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3630 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3631 3632 /* keep last */ 3633 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3634 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3635 }; 3636 3637 /** 3638 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3639 * 3640 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3641 * changed while the mesh is active. 3642 * 3643 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3644 * 3645 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3646 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3647 * default HWMP. 3648 * 3649 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3650 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3651 * metric. 3652 * 3653 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3654 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3655 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3656 * metrics in use. 3657 * 3658 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3659 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3660 * 3661 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3662 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3663 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3664 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3665 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3666 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3667 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3668 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3669 * userspace daemon. 3670 * 3671 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3672 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3673 * neighbor offset synchronization 3674 * 3675 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3676 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3677 * 3678 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3679 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3680 * Default is no authentication method required. 3681 * 3682 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3683 * 3684 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3685 */ 3686 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3687 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3688 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3689 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3690 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3691 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3692 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3693 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3694 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3695 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3696 3697 /* keep last */ 3698 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3699 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3700 }; 3701 3702 /** 3703 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 3704 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 3705 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 3706 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 3707 * disabled 3708 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 3709 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3710 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 3711 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3712 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 3713 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 3714 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 3715 */ 3716 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 3717 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 3718 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 3719 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 3720 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 3721 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 3722 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 3723 3724 /* keep last */ 3725 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3726 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3727 }; 3728 3729 enum nl80211_ac { 3730 NL80211_AC_VO, 3731 NL80211_AC_VI, 3732 NL80211_AC_BE, 3733 NL80211_AC_BK, 3734 NL80211_NUM_ACS 3735 }; 3736 3737 /* backward compat */ 3738 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 3739 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 3740 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 3741 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 3742 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 3743 3744 /** 3745 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 3746 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3747 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 3748 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3749 * below the control channel 3750 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3751 * above the control channel 3752 */ 3753 enum nl80211_channel_type { 3754 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 3755 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 3756 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 3757 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 3758 }; 3759 3760 /** 3761 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 3762 * 3763 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 3764 * attribute. 3765 * 3766 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3767 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 3768 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3769 * attribute must be provided as well 3770 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3771 * attribute must be provided as well 3772 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3773 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 3774 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3775 * attribute must be provided as well 3776 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 3777 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 3778 */ 3779 enum nl80211_chan_width { 3780 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 3781 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3782 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 3783 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 3784 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 3785 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 3786 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3787 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3788 }; 3789 3790 /** 3791 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 3792 * 3793 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 3794 * 3795 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 3796 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 3797 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 3798 */ 3799 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 3800 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3801 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3802 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3803 }; 3804 3805 /** 3806 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 3807 * 3808 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 3809 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 3810 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 3811 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 3812 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 3813 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 3814 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 3815 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 3816 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 3817 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 3818 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 3819 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 3820 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 3821 * they are from a Beacon frame. 3822 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 3823 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 3824 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 3825 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 3826 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 3827 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 3828 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 3829 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 3830 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 3831 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 3832 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 3833 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 3834 * yet been received 3835 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 3836 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 3837 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 3838 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 3839 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 3840 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 3841 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 3842 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 3843 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 3844 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3845 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 3846 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 3847 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 3848 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 3849 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 3850 * is set. 3851 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 3852 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 3853 */ 3854 enum nl80211_bss { 3855 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 3856 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 3857 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 3858 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 3859 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3860 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 3861 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 3862 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 3863 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 3864 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 3865 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 3866 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 3867 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 3868 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 3869 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 3870 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 3871 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 3872 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 3873 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 3874 3875 /* keep last */ 3876 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 3877 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 3878 }; 3879 3880 /** 3881 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 3882 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 3883 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 3884 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 3885 * a given BSS. 3886 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 3887 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 3888 * 3889 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 3890 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 3891 */ 3892 enum nl80211_bss_status { 3893 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 3894 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 3895 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 3896 }; 3897 3898 /** 3899 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 3900 * 3901 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 3902 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 3903 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 3904 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 3905 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 3906 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 3907 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 3908 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 3909 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 3910 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 3911 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 3912 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 3913 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 3914 */ 3915 enum nl80211_auth_type { 3916 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 3917 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 3918 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 3919 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 3920 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 3921 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 3922 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 3923 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 3924 3925 /* keep last */ 3926 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 3927 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 3928 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 3929 }; 3930 3931 /** 3932 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 3933 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 3934 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 3935 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 3936 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 3937 */ 3938 enum nl80211_key_type { 3939 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 3940 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 3941 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 3942 3943 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 3944 }; 3945 3946 /** 3947 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 3948 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 3949 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 3950 */ 3951 enum nl80211_mfp { 3952 NL80211_MFP_NO, 3953 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 3954 }; 3955 3956 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 3957 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 3958 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 3959 }; 3960 3961 /** 3962 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 3963 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 3964 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 3965 * unicast key 3966 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 3967 * multicast key 3968 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 3969 */ 3970 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 3971 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 3972 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 3973 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 3974 3975 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 3976 }; 3977 3978 /** 3979 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 3980 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 3981 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 3982 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 3983 * keys 3984 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 3985 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 3986 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 3987 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 3988 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 3989 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 3990 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 3991 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 3992 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 3993 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 3994 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 3995 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 3996 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 3997 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 3998 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 3999 */ 4000 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4001 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4002 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4003 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4004 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4005 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4006 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4007 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4008 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4009 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4010 4011 /* keep last */ 4012 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4013 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4014 }; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4018 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4019 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4020 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4021 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4022 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4023 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4024 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4025 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4026 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4027 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4028 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4029 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4030 */ 4031 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4032 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4033 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4034 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4035 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4036 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4037 4038 /* keep last */ 4039 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4040 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4041 }; 4042 4043 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4044 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4045 4046 /** 4047 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4048 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4049 */ 4050 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4051 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4052 }; 4053 4054 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4055 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4056 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4057 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4058 }; 4059 4060 /** 4061 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4062 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4063 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4064 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) 4065 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4066 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4067 */ 4068 enum nl80211_band { 4069 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4070 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4071 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4072 4073 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4074 }; 4075 4076 /** 4077 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4078 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4079 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4080 */ 4081 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4082 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4083 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4084 }; 4085 4086 /** 4087 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4088 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4089 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4090 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4091 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4092 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4093 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4094 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4095 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4096 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4097 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4098 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4099 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4100 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4101 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4102 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4103 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4104 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4106 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4107 * checked. 4108 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4109 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4110 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4111 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4112 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4113 * loss event 4114 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4115 * RSSI threshold event. 4116 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4117 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4118 */ 4119 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4120 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4121 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4122 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4123 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4124 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4125 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4126 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4127 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4128 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4129 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4130 4131 /* keep last */ 4132 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4133 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4134 }; 4135 4136 /** 4137 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4138 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4139 * configured threshold 4140 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4141 * configured threshold 4142 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4143 */ 4144 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4145 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4146 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4147 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4148 }; 4149 4150 4151 /** 4152 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4153 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4154 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4155 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4156 */ 4157 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4158 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4159 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4160 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4161 }; 4162 4163 /** 4164 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4165 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4166 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4167 * a zero bit are ignored 4168 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4169 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4170 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4171 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4172 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4173 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4174 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4175 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4176 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4177 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4178 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4179 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4180 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4181 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4182 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4183 */ 4184 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4185 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4186 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4187 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4188 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4189 4190 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4191 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4192 }; 4193 4194 /** 4195 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4196 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4197 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4198 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4199 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4200 * 4201 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4202 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4203 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4204 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4205 * by the kernel to userspace. 4206 */ 4207 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4208 __u32 max_patterns; 4209 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4210 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4211 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4212 } __attribute__((packed)); 4213 4214 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4215 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4216 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4217 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4218 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4219 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4220 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4221 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4222 4223 /** 4224 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4225 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4227 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4228 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4229 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4230 * any others are even supported by the device. 4231 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4232 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4233 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4234 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4235 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4236 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4237 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4238 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4239 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4240 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4241 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4242 * 4243 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4244 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4245 * 4246 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4247 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4248 * to the kernel when configuring. 4249 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4250 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4251 * by the device (flag) 4252 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4253 * done by the device) (flag) 4254 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4255 * packet (flag) 4256 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4257 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4258 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4259 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4260 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4261 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4262 * attribute contains the original length. 4263 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4264 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4265 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4266 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4267 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4268 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4269 * contains the original length. 4270 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4271 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4272 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4274 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4275 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4276 * the TCP connection. 4277 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4278 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4280 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4281 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4282 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4283 * service 4284 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4285 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4286 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4287 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4288 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4289 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4290 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4291 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4292 * supported by the driver (u32). 4293 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4294 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4295 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4296 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4297 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4298 * occurred. 4299 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4300 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4301 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4302 * these attributes must be present. If 4303 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4304 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4305 * channel. 4306 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4307 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4308 * 4309 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4310 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4311 */ 4312 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4313 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4314 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4315 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4316 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4317 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4318 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4319 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4327 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4328 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4329 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4333 4334 /* keep last */ 4335 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4336 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4337 }; 4338 4339 /** 4340 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4341 * 4342 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4343 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4344 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4345 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4346 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4347 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4348 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4349 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4350 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4351 * 4352 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4353 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4354 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4355 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4356 * also woken up. 4357 * 4358 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4359 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4360 */ 4361 4362 /** 4363 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4364 * @start: starting value 4365 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4366 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4367 * 4368 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4369 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4370 * in little endian. 4371 */ 4372 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4373 __u32 start, offset, len; 4374 }; 4375 4376 /** 4377 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4378 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4379 * @len: length of each token 4380 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4381 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4382 */ 4383 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4384 __u32 offset, len; 4385 __u8 token_stream[]; 4386 }; 4387 4388 /** 4389 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4390 * @min_len: minimum token length 4391 * @max_len: maximum token length 4392 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4393 */ 4394 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4395 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4396 }; 4397 4398 /** 4399 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4400 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4401 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4402 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4403 * (in network byte order) 4404 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4405 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4406 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4407 * might require ARP querying. 4408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4409 * socket and port will be allocated 4410 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4411 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4412 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4413 * of the data payload. 4414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4415 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4416 * advertising it is just a flag 4417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4418 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4419 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4421 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4422 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4423 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4424 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4425 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4426 * but on the TCP payload only. 4427 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4428 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4429 */ 4430 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4431 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4437 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4438 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4439 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4440 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4441 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4442 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4443 4444 /* keep last */ 4445 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4446 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4447 }; 4448 4449 /** 4450 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4451 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4452 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4453 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4454 * 4455 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4456 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4457 */ 4458 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4459 __u32 max_rules; 4460 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4461 __u32 max_delay; 4462 } __attribute__((packed)); 4463 4464 /** 4465 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4466 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4467 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4468 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4469 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4470 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4471 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4472 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4473 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4474 */ 4475 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4476 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4477 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4478 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4479 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4480 4481 /* keep last */ 4482 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4483 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4484 }; 4485 4486 /** 4487 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4488 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4489 * in a rule are matched. 4490 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4491 * in a rule are not matched. 4492 */ 4493 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4494 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4495 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4496 }; 4497 4498 /** 4499 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4500 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4501 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4502 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4503 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4504 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4505 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4506 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4507 */ 4508 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4509 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4510 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4511 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4512 4513 /* keep last */ 4514 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4515 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4516 }; 4517 4518 /** 4519 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4520 * 4521 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4522 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4523 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4524 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4525 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4526 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4527 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4529 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4530 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4531 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4532 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4533 * different channels may be used within this group. 4534 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4535 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4536 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4537 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4539 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4540 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4541 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4542 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4543 * 4544 * Examples: 4545 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4546 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4547 * 4548 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4549 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4550 * 4551 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4552 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4553 * 4554 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4555 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4556 * 4557 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained 4558 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4559 * that any of these groups must match. 4560 * 4561 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4562 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4563 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4564 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4565 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4566 */ 4567 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4568 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4569 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4570 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4571 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4572 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4573 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4574 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4575 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4576 4577 /* keep last */ 4578 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4579 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4580 }; 4581 4582 4583 /** 4584 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4585 * 4586 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4587 * state of non existant mesh peer links 4588 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4589 * this mesh peer 4590 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4591 * from this mesh peer 4592 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4593 * received from this mesh peer 4594 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4595 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4596 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4597 * plink are discarded 4598 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4599 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4600 */ 4601 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4602 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4603 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4604 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4605 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4606 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4607 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4608 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4609 4610 /* keep last */ 4611 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4612 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4613 }; 4614 4615 /** 4616 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4617 * 4618 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4619 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4620 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4621 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4622 */ 4623 enum plink_actions { 4624 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4625 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4626 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4627 4628 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4629 }; 4630 4631 4632 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4633 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4634 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4635 4636 /** 4637 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4638 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4639 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4640 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4641 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4642 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4643 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4644 */ 4645 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4646 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4647 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4648 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4649 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4650 4651 /* keep last */ 4652 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4653 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4654 }; 4655 4656 /** 4657 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4658 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4659 * Beacon frames) 4660 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4661 * in Beacon frames 4662 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4663 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4664 */ 4665 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4666 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4667 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4668 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4669 }; 4670 4671 /** 4672 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4673 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4674 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4675 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4676 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4677 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4678 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4679 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4680 */ 4681 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4682 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4683 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4684 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4685 4686 /* keep last */ 4687 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4688 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4689 }; 4690 4691 /** 4692 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4693 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4694 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 4695 * priority) 4696 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 4697 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 4698 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 4699 * (internal) 4700 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 4701 * (internal) 4702 */ 4703 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 4704 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 4705 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 4706 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 4707 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 4708 4709 /* keep last */ 4710 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 4711 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 4712 }; 4713 4714 /** 4715 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 4716 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 4717 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 4718 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 4719 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 4720 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 4721 */ 4722 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 4723 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 4724 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 4725 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 4726 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 4727 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 4728 }; 4729 4730 /* 4731 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 4732 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 4733 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 4734 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 4735 }; 4736 */ 4737 4738 /** 4739 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 4740 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 4741 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 4742 * socket option. 4743 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 4744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 4745 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 4746 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 4747 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 4748 * cellular base stations. 4749 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 4750 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 4751 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 4752 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 4753 * mode 4754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 4755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 4756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 4757 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 4759 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 4760 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 4761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 4762 * setting 4763 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 4764 * powersave 4765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 4766 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 4767 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 4768 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 4769 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 4770 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 4771 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 4772 * states using station flags. 4773 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 4774 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 4775 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 4776 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 4777 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 4778 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 4779 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 4780 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 4781 * still generated by the driver. 4782 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 4783 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 4784 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 4785 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 4786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 4787 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 4788 * lifetime of a BSS. 4789 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 4790 * Set IE to probe requests. 4791 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 4792 * to probe requests. 4793 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 4794 * requests sent to it by an AP. 4795 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 4796 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 4797 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 4798 * Measurement Report action frame. 4799 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 4800 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 4801 * to enable dynack. 4802 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 4803 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4804 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 4805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 4806 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4807 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 4808 * rts/cts handshake. 4809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 4810 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 4811 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 4812 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 4813 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 4814 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 4815 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 4816 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 4817 * operating as a TDLS peer. 4818 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4819 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 4820 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 4821 * address mask/value will be used. 4822 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 4823 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 4824 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4825 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4827 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 4828 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4829 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4830 */ 4831 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 4832 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 4833 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 4834 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 4835 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 4836 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 4837 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 4838 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 4839 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 4840 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 4841 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 4842 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 4843 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 4844 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 4845 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 4846 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 4847 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 4848 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 4849 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 4850 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 4851 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 4852 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 4853 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 4854 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 4855 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 4856 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 4857 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 4858 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 4859 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 4860 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 4861 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 4862 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 4863 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 4864 }; 4865 4866 /** 4867 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 4868 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 4869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 4870 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 4871 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 4872 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 4873 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 4874 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 4875 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 4876 * certain groups which can be configured by the 4877 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 4878 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 4879 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 4880 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 4881 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 4882 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4883 * (if available). 4884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 4885 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 4886 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4887 * (if available). 4888 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 4889 * channel dwell time. 4890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 4891 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 4892 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 4893 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 4894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 4895 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 4896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 4897 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 4898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 4899 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 4900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 4901 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 4902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 4903 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 4904 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 4905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 4906 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 4907 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 4908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 4909 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 4910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 4911 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 4912 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 4913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 4914 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 4915 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 4916 * be supported. 4917 * 4918 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 4919 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 4920 */ 4921 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 4922 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 4923 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 4924 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 4925 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 4926 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4927 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 4928 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 4929 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 4930 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 4931 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 4932 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 4933 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 4934 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 4936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 4937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 4938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 4939 4940 /* add new features before the definition below */ 4941 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 4942 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 4943 }; 4944 4945 /** 4946 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 4947 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 4948 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 4949 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 4950 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 4951 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 4952 * to the host. 4953 * 4954 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 4955 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 4956 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 4957 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 4958 */ 4959 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 4960 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 4961 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 4962 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 4963 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 4964 }; 4965 4966 /** 4967 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 4968 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 4969 * handled by the AP is reached. 4970 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 4971 */ 4972 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 4973 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 4974 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 4975 }; 4976 4977 /** 4978 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 4979 * 4980 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 4981 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 4982 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 4983 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 4984 */ 4985 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 4986 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 4987 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 4988 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 4989 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 4990 }; 4991 4992 /** 4993 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 4994 * 4995 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 4996 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 4997 * requests. 4998 * 4999 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5000 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5001 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5002 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5003 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5004 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5005 * when really needed 5006 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5007 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5008 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5010 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5011 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5012 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5013 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5014 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5015 */ 5016 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5017 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5018 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5019 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5020 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5021 }; 5022 5023 /** 5024 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5025 * 5026 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5027 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5028 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5029 * 5030 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5031 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5032 * in ACL to authenticate. 5033 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5034 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5035 */ 5036 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5037 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5038 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5039 }; 5040 5041 /** 5042 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5043 * 5044 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5045 * 5046 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5047 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5048 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5049 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5050 */ 5051 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5052 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5053 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5054 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5055 5056 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5057 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5058 }; 5059 5060 /** 5061 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5062 * 5063 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5064 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5065 * 5066 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5067 * now unusable. 5068 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5069 * the channel is now available. 5070 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5071 * change to the channel status. 5072 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5073 * over, channel becomes usable. 5074 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5075 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5076 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5077 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5078 */ 5079 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5080 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5081 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5082 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5083 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5084 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5085 }; 5086 5087 /** 5088 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5089 * 5090 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5091 * 5092 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5093 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5094 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5095 * is therefore marked as not available. 5096 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5097 */ 5098 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5099 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5100 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5101 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5102 }; 5103 5104 /** 5105 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5106 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5107 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5108 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5109 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5110 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5111 */ 5112 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5113 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5114 }; 5115 5116 /** 5117 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5118 * 5119 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5120 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5121 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5122 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5123 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5124 */ 5125 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5126 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5127 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5128 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5129 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5130 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5131 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5132 }; 5133 5134 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5135 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5136 5137 /** 5138 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5139 * 5140 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5141 * 5142 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5143 */ 5144 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5145 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5146 }; 5147 5148 /* 5149 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5150 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5151 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5152 */ 5153 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5154 5155 /** 5156 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5157 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5158 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5159 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5160 * added to this file when needed. 5161 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5162 */ 5163 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5164 __u32 vendor_id; 5165 __u32 subcmd; 5166 }; 5167 5168 /** 5169 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5170 * 5171 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5172 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5173 * 5174 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5175 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5176 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5177 */ 5178 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5179 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5180 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5181 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5182 }; 5183 5184 /** 5185 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5186 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5187 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5188 * seconds (u32). 5189 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5190 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5191 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5192 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5193 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5194 * currently defined 5195 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5196 */ 5197 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5198 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5199 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5200 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5201 5202 /* keep last */ 5203 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5204 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5205 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5206 }; 5207 5208 /** 5209 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5210 * 5211 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5212 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5213 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5214 */ 5215 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5216 __u8 band; 5217 __s8 delta; 5218 } __attribute__((packed)); 5219 5220 /** 5221 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5222 * 5223 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5224 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5225 * is requested. 5226 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5227 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5228 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5229 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5230 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5231 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5232 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5233 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5234 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5235 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5236 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5237 * 5238 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5239 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5240 * which the driver shall use. 5241 */ 5242 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5243 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5244 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5245 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5246 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5247 5248 /* keep last */ 5249 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5250 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5251 }; 5252 5253 /** 5254 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5255 * 5256 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5257 * 5258 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5259 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5260 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5261 */ 5262 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5263 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5264 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5265 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5266 5267 /* keep last */ 5268 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5269 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5270 }; 5271 5272 /** 5273 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5274 * 5275 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5276 * 5277 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5278 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5279 */ 5280 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5281 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5282 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5283 }; 5284 5285 /** 5286 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5287 * 5288 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5289 * 5290 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5293 */ 5294 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5295 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5296 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5297 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5298 }; 5299 5300 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5301 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5302 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5303 5304 /** 5305 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5306 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5309 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5310 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5311 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5312 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5313 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5314 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5315 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5316 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5317 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5319 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5321 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5322 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5323 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5324 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5325 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5326 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5327 * This is a flag. 5328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5329 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5330 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5331 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5332 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5333 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5334 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5335 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5336 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5337 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5339 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5341 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5342 * 5343 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5344 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5345 */ 5346 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5347 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5348 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5349 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5350 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5351 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5352 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5353 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5354 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5355 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5356 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5357 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5358 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5359 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5360 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5362 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5363 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5364 5365 /* keep last */ 5366 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5367 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5368 }; 5369 5370 /** 5371 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5372 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5373 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5374 * This is a flag. 5375 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5376 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5377 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5378 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5379 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5380 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5381 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5382 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5383 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5384 */ 5385 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5386 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5387 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5388 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5389 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5390 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5391 5392 /* keep last */ 5393 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5394 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5395 }; 5396 5397 /** 5398 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5399 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5400 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5401 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5402 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5403 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5404 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5405 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5406 * 5407 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5408 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5409 */ 5410 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5411 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5412 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5413 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5414 5415 /* keep last */ 5416 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5417 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5418 }; 5419 5420 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5421